1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
61 * DOC: Station handling
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
281 * DOC: TID configuration
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
338 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
340 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
343 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
346 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
348 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
349 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
350 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
351 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
352 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
353 * compatibility only.
354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
355 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
360 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
361 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
362 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
364 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
366 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
368 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
369 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
370 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
371 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
373 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
374 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
375 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
376 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
377 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
380 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
381 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
382 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
383 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
384 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
385 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
386 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
387 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
389 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
390 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
391 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
392 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
393 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
394 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
395 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
396 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
397 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
398 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
399 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
400 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
401 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
402 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
403 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
404 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
405 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
406 * attributes determining channel width.
407 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
408 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
409 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
411 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
412 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
413 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
414 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
415 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
416 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
417 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
418 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
419 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
421 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
422 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
425 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
426 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
427 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
428 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
429 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
430 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
432 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
433 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
435 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
436 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
437 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
438 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
439 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
440 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
441 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
443 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
444 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
445 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
446 * global regdomain will be returned.
447 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
448 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
449 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
450 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
451 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
452 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
453 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
454 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
455 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
456 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
457 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
458 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
459 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
460 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
461 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
462 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
463 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
464 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
465 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
466 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
467 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
468 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
470 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
471 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
473 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
474 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
476 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
477 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
478 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
479 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
480 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
481 * added to all specified management frames generated by
482 * kernel/firmware/driver.
483 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
484 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
485 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
486 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
487 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
488 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
490 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
491 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
492 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
493 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
494 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
496 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
497 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
498 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
499 * partial scan results may be available
501 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
502 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
503 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
504 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
505 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
506 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
507 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
508 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
509 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
510 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
511 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
512 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
513 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
514 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
515 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
516 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
517 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
518 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
519 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
520 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
521 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
522 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
523 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
524 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
525 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
526 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
527 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
529 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
530 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
531 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
532 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
533 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
534 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
535 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
537 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
539 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
540 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
542 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
543 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
544 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
545 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
547 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
548 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
550 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
551 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
552 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
554 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
556 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
557 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
558 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
559 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
560 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
561 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
562 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
563 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
564 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
565 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
566 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
567 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
568 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
569 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
570 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
571 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
572 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
573 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
574 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
575 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
576 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
577 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
578 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
579 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
580 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
581 * the beacon hint was processed.
583 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
584 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
585 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
586 * authentication process.
587 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
588 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
589 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
590 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
591 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
592 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
593 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
594 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
595 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
597 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
598 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
599 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
600 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
601 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
602 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
603 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
604 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
605 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
606 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
607 * pending authentication timed out).
608 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
609 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
610 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
611 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
612 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
613 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
614 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
616 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
617 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
618 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
620 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
621 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
622 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
624 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
625 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
626 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
627 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
628 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
629 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
630 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
632 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
633 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
634 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
635 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
636 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
637 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
638 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
639 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
640 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
641 * determined by the network interface.
643 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
644 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
647 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
648 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
649 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
650 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
651 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
652 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
653 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
654 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
655 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
656 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
657 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
658 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
659 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
660 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
661 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
662 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
663 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
664 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
665 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
666 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
667 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
668 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
669 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
670 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
671 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
672 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
673 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
674 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
675 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
676 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
677 * a different BSS is desired.
678 * Background scan period can optionally be
679 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
680 * if not specified default background scan configuration
681 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
682 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
683 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
684 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
685 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
686 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
687 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
688 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
689 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
690 * well to remain backwards compatible.
691 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
692 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
693 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
694 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
695 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
696 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
697 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
698 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
699 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
700 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
701 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
703 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
704 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
706 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
707 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
708 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
709 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
710 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
711 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
712 * frequency for the operation.
713 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
714 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
715 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
716 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
718 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
719 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
720 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
721 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
722 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
723 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
724 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
725 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
726 * uniquely identify the request.
727 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
728 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
730 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
731 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
732 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
734 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
735 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
736 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
737 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
738 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
739 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
740 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
741 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
742 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
743 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
744 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
745 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
746 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
747 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
748 * backward compatibility
749 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
750 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
751 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
752 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
753 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
754 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
755 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
756 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
757 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
758 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
759 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
760 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
761 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
762 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
763 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
764 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
765 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
766 * is used during CSA period.
767 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
768 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
769 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
771 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
772 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
773 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
774 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
775 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
776 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
777 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
779 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
780 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
781 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
782 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
783 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
784 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
785 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
786 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
787 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
788 * backward compatibility.
790 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
791 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
793 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
794 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
796 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
797 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
799 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
800 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
801 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
802 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
803 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
804 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
805 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
806 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
807 * precedence when they are used.
809 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
810 * (no longer supported).
812 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
813 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
814 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
815 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
816 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
817 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
818 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
819 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
820 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
821 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
822 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
823 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
824 * command, the feature is disabled.
826 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
827 * mesh config parameters may be given.
828 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
829 * network is determined by the network interface.
831 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
832 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
833 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
834 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
835 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
836 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
838 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
839 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
840 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
841 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
842 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
843 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
844 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
845 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
846 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
847 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
848 * depending on the authentication result.
850 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
851 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
852 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
853 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
854 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
855 * more background information, see
856 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
857 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
858 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
859 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
860 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
861 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
862 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
864 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
865 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
866 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
867 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
868 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
869 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
870 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
872 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
873 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
875 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
876 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
877 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
878 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
879 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
880 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
881 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
882 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
883 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
884 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
885 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
886 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
887 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
888 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
889 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
891 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
892 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
893 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
894 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
896 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
897 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
898 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
899 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
900 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
902 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
903 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
904 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
905 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
907 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
908 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
909 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
910 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
911 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
912 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
913 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
915 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
916 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
917 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
918 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
920 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
921 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
923 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
924 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
925 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
926 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
927 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
928 * from the remote AP) is completed;
930 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
931 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
932 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
933 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
934 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
935 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
936 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
937 * interfaces to change channel as well.
939 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
940 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
941 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
942 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
943 * public action frame TX.
944 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
945 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
947 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
948 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
949 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
952 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
953 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
955 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
956 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
957 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
958 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
959 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
960 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
961 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
962 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
963 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
965 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
966 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
967 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
968 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
969 * while operating on this channel.
970 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
973 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
974 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
975 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
977 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
978 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
980 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
981 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
982 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
983 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
985 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
986 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
989 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
990 * return back to normal.
992 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
993 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
995 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
996 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
997 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
998 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
999 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1000 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1001 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1002 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1003 * switch is complete.
1005 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1006 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1007 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1008 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1009 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1010 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1011 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1012 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1014 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1015 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1016 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1017 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1018 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1020 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1022 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1023 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1024 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1025 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1026 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1027 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1028 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1029 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1030 * fail even if the check was successful.
1031 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1032 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1033 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1034 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1036 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1037 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1038 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1040 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1041 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1042 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1043 * network is determined by the network interface.
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1046 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1047 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1048 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1049 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1050 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1051 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1053 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1054 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1055 * when this command completes.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1058 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1061 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1062 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1063 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1065 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1066 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1067 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1068 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1069 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1070 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1071 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1072 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1073 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1076 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1077 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1078 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1079 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1080 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1081 * of the function upon success.
1082 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1083 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1084 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1085 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1086 * which just terminated.
1087 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1088 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1089 * the response to this command.
1090 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1091 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1092 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1093 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1094 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1095 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1096 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1097 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1098 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1099 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1100 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1101 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1102 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1103 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1104 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1105 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1107 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1108 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1109 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1110 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1111 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1113 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1114 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1115 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1116 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1117 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1118 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1119 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1120 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1121 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1122 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1123 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1124 * should be indicated instead.
1125 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1126 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1127 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1128 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1129 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1131 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1132 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1133 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1134 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1135 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1136 * address of that link.
1137 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1138 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1139 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1140 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1142 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1144 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1145 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1146 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1147 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1148 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1149 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1151 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1152 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1153 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1154 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1155 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1156 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1157 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1158 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1159 * command interface.
1161 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1162 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1163 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1165 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1166 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1167 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1168 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1170 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1171 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1173 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1174 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1175 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1176 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1177 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1178 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1179 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1180 * the netlink extended ack message.
1182 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1184 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1185 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1186 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1189 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1190 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1191 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1192 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1193 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1194 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1195 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1197 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1198 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1199 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1200 * determining the width and type.
1202 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1203 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1204 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1205 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1207 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1208 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1209 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1210 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1211 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1212 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1213 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1214 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1215 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1218 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1219 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1220 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1222 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1223 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1225 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1226 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1227 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1228 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1230 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1231 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1232 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1233 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1234 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1236 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1237 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1238 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1240 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1241 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1243 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1244 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1246 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1249 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1252 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1255 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1256 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1257 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1258 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1259 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1261 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1262 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1263 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1264 * specify the timeout value.
1266 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1267 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1268 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1269 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1270 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1272 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1273 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1274 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1276 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1277 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1279 enum nl80211_commands {
1280 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1283 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1284 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1285 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1286 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1288 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1289 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1290 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1291 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1293 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1294 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1295 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1296 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1298 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1299 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1300 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1301 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1302 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1303 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1305 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1306 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1307 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1308 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1310 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1311 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1312 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1313 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1315 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1317 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1318 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1320 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1321 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1325 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1327 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1328 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1329 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1330 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1332 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1334 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1335 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1336 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1337 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1339 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1341 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1343 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1344 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1346 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1348 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1350 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1352 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1354 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1355 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1357 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1358 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1359 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1361 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1362 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1364 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1366 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1367 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1369 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1370 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1371 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1373 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1374 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1376 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1377 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1379 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1380 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1382 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1384 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1385 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1387 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1388 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1390 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1392 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1393 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1395 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1396 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1397 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1398 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1400 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1402 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1404 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1405 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1407 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1409 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1411 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1413 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1415 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1417 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1419 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1420 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1422 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1424 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1426 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1428 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1430 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1432 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1433 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1435 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1436 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1438 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1439 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1441 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1445 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1447 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1448 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1450 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1452 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1453 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1455 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1457 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1458 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1460 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1462 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1464 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1465 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1466 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1467 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1468 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1469 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1471 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1473 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1475 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1476 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1478 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1480 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1482 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1484 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1486 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1488 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1490 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1491 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1492 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1494 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1496 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1498 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1500 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1502 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1504 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1506 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1508 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1510 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1512 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1513 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1514 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1516 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1518 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1520 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1521 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1523 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1524 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1525 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1527 /* add new commands above here */
1529 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1530 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1531 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1535 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1538 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1539 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1540 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1541 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1542 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1543 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1544 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1545 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1547 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1549 /* source-level API compatibility */
1550 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1551 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1552 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1555 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1560 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1564 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1565 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1566 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1567 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1569 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1570 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1572 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1573 * operating channel center frequency.
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1575 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1577 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1578 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1580 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1581 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1582 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1583 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1585 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1586 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1588 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1589 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1591 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1592 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1594 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1595 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1597 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1604 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1609 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1613 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1615 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1618 * default management key
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1620 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1622 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1631 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1633 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1635 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1636 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1638 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1640 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1641 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1644 * consisting of a nested array.
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1648 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1651 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1652 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1655 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1658 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1659 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1660 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1661 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1662 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1663 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1664 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1665 * to a specific alpha2.
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1675 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1676 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1679 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1682 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1683 * of the interface mode.
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1686 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1689 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1692 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1694 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1696 * that can be added to a scan request
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1698 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1700 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1704 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1708 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1710 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1713 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1714 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1717 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1718 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1721 * represented as a u32
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1723 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1729 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1730 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1731 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1732 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1734 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1735 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1736 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1737 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1743 * for other networks on different channels
1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1746 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1749 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1750 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1751 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1752 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1753 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1754 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1755 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1758 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1761 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1762 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1763 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1764 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1765 * default in station mode.
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1767 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1768 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1769 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1770 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1771 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1773 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1774 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1776 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1777 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1778 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1779 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1780 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1781 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1782 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1783 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1784 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1787 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1790 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1791 * a local disconnect request.
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1795 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1796 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1799 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1800 * (an array of u32).
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1802 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1805 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1806 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1808 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1809 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1810 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1811 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1812 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1813 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1814 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1817 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1819 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1821 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1822 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1823 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1824 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1825 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1828 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1830 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1831 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1836 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1837 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1838 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1839 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1840 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1841 * completely from scratch.
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1846 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1847 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1851 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1855 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1856 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1861 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1862 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1863 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1864 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1865 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1866 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1867 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1868 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1869 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1870 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1871 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1872 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1875 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1877 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1879 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1880 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1881 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1883 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1884 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1887 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1892 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1895 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1896 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1897 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1898 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1901 * connected to this BSS.
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1904 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1906 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1907 * for non-automatic settings.
1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1910 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1913 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1914 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1915 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1917 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1918 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1919 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1920 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1921 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1922 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1923 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1924 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1925 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1926 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1929 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1930 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1931 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1932 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1934 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1935 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1937 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1938 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1943 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1944 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1945 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1946 * nl80211 capability flag.
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1951 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1952 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1955 * changed once the mesh is active.
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1957 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1959 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1960 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1962 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1963 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1964 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1967 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1969 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1970 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1977 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1978 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1979 * pass-thru filter rules.
1980 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1981 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1982 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1983 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1984 * able to ignore them by itself.
1985 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1986 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1987 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1988 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1989 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1990 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1991 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1992 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1995 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1996 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1998 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1999 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2000 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2003 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2006 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2007 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2008 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2011 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2012 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2015 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2016 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2017 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2019 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2020 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2021 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2022 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2025 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2030 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2033 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2036 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2037 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2038 * applications use this attribute.
2039 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2040 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2043 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2044 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2046 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2048 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2050 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2052 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2053 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2054 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2057 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2058 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2059 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2062 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2063 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2064 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2067 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2069 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2070 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2071 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2074 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2075 * to be filled by the FW.
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2077 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2078 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2080 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2081 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2083 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2084 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2086 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2087 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2088 * The values that may be configured are:
2089 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2090 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2091 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2092 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2093 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2096 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2097 * to one DFS region.
2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2103 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2104 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2105 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2106 * capability to timeout the stations.
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2109 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2110 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2113 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2116 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2117 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2118 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2119 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2122 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2123 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2126 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2127 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2128 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2129 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2130 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2131 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2132 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2133 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2137 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2142 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2144 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2145 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2146 * no change is made.
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2149 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2152 * carried in a u32 attribute
2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2158 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2162 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2165 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2166 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2168 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2170 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2171 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2173 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2174 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2178 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2181 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2182 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2189 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2190 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2192 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2195 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2196 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2197 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2202 * until the channel switch event.
2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2204 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2205 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2206 * was requested by the AP.
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2208 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2210 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2212 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2215 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2220 * operating classes.
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2223 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2224 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2225 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2226 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2230 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2232 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2235 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2236 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2237 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2241 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2244 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2245 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2246 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2249 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2250 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2256 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2257 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2258 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2259 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2260 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2263 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2265 * supported number of csa counters.
2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2268 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2271 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2272 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2273 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2274 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2275 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2276 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2277 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2278 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2279 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2280 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2281 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2282 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2283 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2285 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2286 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2287 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2288 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2289 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2290 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2291 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2292 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2295 * the TDLS link initiator.
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2298 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2299 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2300 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2301 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2302 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2303 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2304 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2305 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2306 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2307 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2308 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2311 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2312 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2313 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2314 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2319 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2322 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2329 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2330 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2331 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2334 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2335 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2336 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2337 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2338 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2341 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2342 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2343 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2344 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2345 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2346 * over all channels.
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2349 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2350 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2351 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2354 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2357 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2358 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2359 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2361 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2363 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2364 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2365 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2366 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2367 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2369 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2370 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2371 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2373 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2374 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2375 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2376 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2377 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2379 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2380 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2385 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2386 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2387 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2388 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2392 * groupID for monitor mode.
2393 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2394 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2395 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2396 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2397 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2399 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2400 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2401 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2402 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2404 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2406 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2407 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2408 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2411 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2412 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2413 * attribute must not be included).
2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2415 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2416 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2417 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2418 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2419 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2420 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2422 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2423 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2424 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2426 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2427 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2430 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2431 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2432 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2433 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2434 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2435 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2436 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2437 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2438 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2439 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2440 * the device will decide what to use.
2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2442 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2444 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2445 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2448 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2449 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2450 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2453 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2456 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2458 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2459 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2460 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2461 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2462 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2463 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2464 * unnecessary wakeups.
2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2467 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2468 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2469 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2470 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2472 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2473 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2474 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2476 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2477 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2478 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2481 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2482 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2485 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2486 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2488 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2489 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2490 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2491 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2492 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2495 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2496 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2498 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2499 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2500 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2501 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2502 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2503 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2504 * is included as well.
2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2507 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2509 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2512 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2513 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2517 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2518 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2519 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2520 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2522 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2523 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2524 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2525 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2526 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2527 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2529 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2530 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2533 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2534 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2535 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2536 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2537 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2540 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2541 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2542 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2543 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2545 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2546 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2547 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2548 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2550 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2551 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2553 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2554 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2557 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2558 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2559 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2560 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2561 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2563 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2567 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2569 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2570 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2571 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2572 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2575 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2576 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2577 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2579 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2581 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2584 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2585 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2586 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2588 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2589 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2594 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2597 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2598 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2599 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2600 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2601 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2603 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2604 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2605 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2608 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2609 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2612 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2613 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2614 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2615 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2616 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2617 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2618 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2619 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2620 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2622 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2623 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2624 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2625 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2626 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2627 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2630 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2631 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2632 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2633 * disassociation is still forced.
2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2635 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2636 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2637 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2638 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2639 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2640 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2641 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2644 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2646 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2647 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2648 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2651 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2652 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2654 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2655 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2656 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2657 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2658 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2660 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2661 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2662 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2663 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2665 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2666 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2667 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2668 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2670 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2671 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2674 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2675 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2677 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2678 * until the color switch event.
2679 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2681 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2682 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2684 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2685 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2686 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2687 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2688 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2690 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2693 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2694 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2696 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2697 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2698 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2699 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2700 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2703 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2704 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2705 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2708 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2709 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2711 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2712 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2713 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2714 * per-link information and a link ID.
2715 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2716 * authenticate/associate.
2718 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2719 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2720 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2723 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2724 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2725 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2726 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2727 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2729 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2730 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2732 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2733 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2734 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2735 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2736 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2737 * the ack TX timestamp.
2738 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2739 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2740 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2741 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2742 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2743 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2744 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2745 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2746 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2748 enum nl80211_attrs {
2749 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2750 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2753 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2755 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2756 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2757 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2761 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2762 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2763 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2764 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2765 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2767 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2768 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2769 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2770 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2774 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2775 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2776 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2777 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2779 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2781 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2783 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2784 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2785 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2786 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2788 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2790 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2792 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2794 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2796 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2797 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2799 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2801 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2803 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2804 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2805 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2807 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2809 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2812 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2814 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2815 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2816 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2819 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2820 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2822 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2826 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2827 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2829 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2831 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2832 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2834 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2835 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2837 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2840 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2841 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2842 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2843 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2845 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2847 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2849 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2851 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2853 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2855 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2857 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2858 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2860 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2861 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2862 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2863 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2865 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2866 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2868 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2877 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2880 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2882 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2884 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2886 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2888 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2890 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2894 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2898 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2900 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2902 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2903 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2905 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2906 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2907 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2909 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2910 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2912 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2914 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2915 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2917 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2919 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2921 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2923 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2925 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2927 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2929 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2930 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2932 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2933 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2935 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2936 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2938 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2940 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2941 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2943 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2945 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2946 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2948 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2950 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2952 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2953 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2955 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2956 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2958 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2960 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2961 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2963 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2965 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2967 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2968 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2969 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2970 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2971 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2973 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2975 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2977 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2979 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2981 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2983 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2985 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2986 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2988 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2990 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2992 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2994 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2998 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3000 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3002 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3004 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3006 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3008 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3009 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3010 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3012 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3013 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3015 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3017 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3019 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3021 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3023 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3025 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3026 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3028 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3029 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3031 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3032 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3034 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3035 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3038 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3040 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3041 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3043 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3045 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3047 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3048 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3049 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3050 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3051 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3053 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3055 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3057 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3059 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3061 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3062 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3064 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3066 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3067 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3068 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3069 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3071 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3073 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3074 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3076 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3078 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3080 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3082 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3083 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3085 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3087 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3089 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3092 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3093 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3095 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3097 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3099 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3101 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3103 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3105 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3107 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3109 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3111 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3113 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3114 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3115 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3116 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3120 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3122 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3126 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3128 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3129 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3131 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3132 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3133 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3134 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3136 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3138 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3140 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3141 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3143 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3144 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3146 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3150 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3151 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3153 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3155 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3156 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3157 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3158 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3159 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3163 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3164 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3166 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3167 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3168 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3170 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3171 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3174 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3176 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3178 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3179 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3180 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3181 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3183 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3185 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3187 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3189 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3191 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3193 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3194 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3195 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3197 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3199 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3201 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3203 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3204 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3206 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3208 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3210 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3212 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3214 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3216 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3217 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3219 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3220 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3221 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3222 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3224 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3226 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3228 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3230 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3231 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3233 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3235 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3237 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3239 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3241 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3243 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3244 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3245 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3247 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3248 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3250 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3252 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3254 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3256 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3258 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3259 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3260 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3262 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3264 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3266 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3267 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3269 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3270 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3272 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3274 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3275 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3276 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3279 /* source-level API compatibility */
3280 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3281 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3282 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3283 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3284 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3285 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3288 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3291 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3292 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3293 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3294 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3295 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3296 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3297 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3298 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3299 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3300 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3301 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3302 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3303 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3304 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3305 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3306 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3307 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3308 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3309 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3310 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3311 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3313 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3315 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3316 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3317 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3318 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3319 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3320 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3321 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3322 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3323 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3324 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3325 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3328 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3329 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3331 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3332 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3333 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3335 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3337 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3338 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3340 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3343 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3345 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3346 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3347 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3348 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3349 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3350 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3351 * AP type interface.
3352 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3353 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3354 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3355 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3356 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3357 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3358 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3359 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3360 * commands to create and destroy one
3361 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3362 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3363 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3364 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3365 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3367 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3368 * to set the type of an interface.
3371 enum nl80211_iftype {
3372 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3373 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3374 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3376 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3378 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3379 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3380 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3381 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3382 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3387 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3388 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3392 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3394 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3395 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3397 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3398 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3399 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3400 * with short barker preamble
3401 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3402 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3403 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3404 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3405 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3406 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3407 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3409 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3410 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3411 * previously added station into associated state
3412 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3413 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3415 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3416 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3417 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3418 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3419 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3420 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3421 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3422 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3423 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3426 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3427 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3431 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3433 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3434 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3435 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3437 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3438 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3439 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3441 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3444 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3447 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3448 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3449 * @set: which values to set them to
3451 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3453 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3456 } __attribute__((packed));
3459 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3460 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3461 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3462 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3464 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3465 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3466 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3467 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3471 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3472 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3473 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3474 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3476 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3477 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3478 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3479 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3483 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3484 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3485 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3486 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3487 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3488 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3489 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3490 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3492 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3493 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3494 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3495 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3496 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3497 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3498 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3499 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3503 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3504 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3505 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3506 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3508 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3509 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3510 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3511 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3515 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3516 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3517 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3518 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3519 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3520 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3521 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3522 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3523 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3524 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3525 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3526 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3527 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3528 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3529 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3530 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3531 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3533 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3534 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3535 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3536 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3537 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3538 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3539 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3540 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3541 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3542 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3543 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3544 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3545 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3546 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3547 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3548 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3549 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3553 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3555 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3556 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3557 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3558 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3559 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3560 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3561 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3562 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3563 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3565 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3566 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3567 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3568 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3569 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3570 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3571 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3572 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3573 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3574 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3575 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3576 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3577 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3578 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3579 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3580 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3581 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3582 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3583 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3584 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3585 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3586 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3587 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3588 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3589 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3590 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3591 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3592 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3593 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3594 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3595 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3596 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3597 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3598 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3600 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3601 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3602 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3603 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3604 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3605 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3606 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3607 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3608 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3609 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3610 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3611 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3612 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3613 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3614 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3615 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3616 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3617 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3618 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3619 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3620 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3621 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3622 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3623 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3626 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3631 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3633 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3634 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3636 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3637 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3638 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3640 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3642 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3643 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3644 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3645 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3647 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3648 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3649 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3650 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3651 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3652 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3653 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3656 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3657 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3661 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3663 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3664 * when getting information about a station.
3666 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3667 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3668 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3669 * (u32, from this station)
3670 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3671 * (u32, to this station)
3672 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3673 * (u64, from this station)
3674 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3675 * (u64, to this station)
3676 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3677 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3678 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3679 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3680 * (u32, from this station)
3681 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3682 * (u32, to this station)
3683 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3684 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3685 * (u32, to this station)
3686 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3687 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3688 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3689 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3690 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3691 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3692 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3693 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3694 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3695 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3696 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3697 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3698 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3699 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3700 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3701 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3703 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3704 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3705 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3706 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3707 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3708 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3709 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3711 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3712 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3713 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3714 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3715 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3716 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3717 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3718 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3719 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3720 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3721 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3722 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3723 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3724 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3725 * (u32, from this station)
3726 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3727 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3728 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3729 * might not be fully accurate.
3730 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3731 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3732 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3733 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3734 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3735 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3736 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3737 * of STA's association
3738 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3739 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3740 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3741 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3743 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3744 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3745 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3746 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3747 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3748 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3749 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3750 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3751 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3752 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3753 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3754 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3755 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3756 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3757 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3758 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3759 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3760 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3761 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3762 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3763 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3764 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3765 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3766 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3767 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3768 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3769 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3770 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3771 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3772 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3773 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3774 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3775 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3776 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3777 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3778 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3779 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3780 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3781 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3782 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3783 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3784 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3785 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3786 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3787 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3790 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3791 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3794 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3795 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3799 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3800 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3801 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3802 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3803 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3804 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3805 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3806 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3808 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3809 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3810 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3811 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3813 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3814 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3815 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3816 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3817 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3818 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3819 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3820 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3823 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3824 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3828 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3829 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3830 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3831 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3832 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3834 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3835 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3836 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3837 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3838 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3839 * (only for per-phy stats)
3840 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3841 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3842 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3843 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3844 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3846 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3847 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3848 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3849 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3850 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3851 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3852 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3853 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3854 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3855 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3856 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3857 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3858 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3861 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3862 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3866 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3868 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3869 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3870 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3871 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3872 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3874 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3875 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3876 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3877 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3878 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3879 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3883 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3885 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3886 * information about a mesh path.
3888 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3889 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3890 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3891 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3892 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3893 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3894 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3895 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3896 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3897 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3898 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3899 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3901 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3903 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3904 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3905 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3906 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3907 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3908 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3909 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3910 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3911 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3912 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3913 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3916 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3917 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3921 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3923 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3924 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3925 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3926 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3928 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3930 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3932 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3933 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3934 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3935 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3936 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3937 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3938 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
3939 * capabilities element
3940 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
3941 * capabilities element
3942 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
3943 * capabilities element
3944 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
3945 * defined in EHT capabilities element
3946 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3947 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3949 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3950 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3952 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3953 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3954 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3955 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3956 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3957 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3958 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3959 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
3960 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
3961 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
3962 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
3965 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3966 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3970 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3971 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3972 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3973 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3974 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3975 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3976 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3977 * defined in 802.11n
3978 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3979 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3980 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3981 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3982 * defined in 802.11ac
3983 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3984 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3985 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3986 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3987 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3988 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3989 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3990 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3991 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3992 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3993 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3995 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3996 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3997 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3998 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4000 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4001 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4002 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4003 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4005 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4006 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4007 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4009 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4010 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4013 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4014 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4017 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4020 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4022 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4023 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4024 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4025 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4026 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4027 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4028 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4030 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4031 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4032 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4033 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4038 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4039 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4043 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4044 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4045 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4046 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4047 * regulatory domain.
4048 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4049 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4050 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4051 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4052 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4053 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4055 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4056 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4057 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
4058 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4059 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4060 * channel as the control channel
4061 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4062 * channel as the control channel
4063 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4064 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4065 * this includes 80+80 channels
4066 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4067 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4069 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4070 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4071 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4072 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4073 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4074 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4075 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4076 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4077 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4078 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4079 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4080 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4081 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4082 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4083 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4084 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4085 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4086 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4087 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4088 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4089 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4090 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4091 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4092 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4093 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4094 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4095 * in current regulatory domain.
4096 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4097 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4098 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4099 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4100 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4101 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4102 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4103 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4104 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4105 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4106 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4107 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4108 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4109 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4110 * in current regulatory domain.
4111 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4113 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4115 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4116 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4117 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4118 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4120 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4121 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4122 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4123 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4124 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4125 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4126 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4127 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4128 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4129 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4130 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4131 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4132 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4133 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4134 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4135 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4136 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4137 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4138 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4139 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4140 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4141 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4142 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4143 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4144 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4145 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4146 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4147 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4148 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4151 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4152 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4155 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4156 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4157 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4158 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4159 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4160 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4163 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4164 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4165 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4166 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4168 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4170 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4172 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4173 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4174 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4175 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4178 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4179 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4183 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4184 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4185 * regulatory domain.
4186 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4187 * regulatory domain.
4188 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4189 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4190 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4191 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4192 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4193 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4194 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4195 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4196 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4198 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4199 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4200 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4201 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4202 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4206 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4207 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4208 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4209 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4210 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4212 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4213 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4214 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4215 * them to be applied.
4216 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4217 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4218 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4219 * domain request to be processed.
4221 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4222 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4223 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4224 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4225 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4229 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4230 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4231 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4232 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4233 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4234 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4235 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4237 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4238 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4240 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4241 * frequency range, in KHz.
4242 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4243 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4244 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4245 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4246 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4247 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4248 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4249 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4251 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4253 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4254 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4255 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4257 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4258 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4259 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4261 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4262 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4264 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4267 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4268 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4272 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4273 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4274 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4275 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4276 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4277 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4278 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4279 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4280 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4281 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4282 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4283 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4284 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4285 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4286 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4287 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4288 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4289 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4290 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4291 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4292 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4293 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4294 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4295 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4296 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4297 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4298 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4299 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4300 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4301 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4302 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4303 * attribute number currently defined
4304 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4306 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4307 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4309 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4310 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4311 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4312 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4313 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4314 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4317 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4318 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4319 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4322 /* only for backward compatibility */
4323 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4326 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4328 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4329 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4330 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4331 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4332 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4333 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4334 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4335 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4336 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4338 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4339 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4340 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4341 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4342 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4343 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4344 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4345 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4346 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4347 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4349 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4350 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
4351 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
4352 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
4353 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
4354 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
4355 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
4356 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
4357 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
4358 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
4359 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
4360 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
4361 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
4362 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
4363 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
4364 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
4365 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
4366 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18,
4369 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4370 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4371 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4372 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4373 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4374 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4376 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4377 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4380 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4382 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4383 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4384 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4385 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4387 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4388 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4389 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4390 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4395 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4397 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4398 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4399 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4400 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4401 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4402 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4403 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4404 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4405 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4406 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4407 * supported feature.
4408 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4409 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4411 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4412 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4413 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4414 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4418 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4420 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4421 * when getting information about a survey.
4423 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4424 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4425 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4426 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4427 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4428 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4429 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4430 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4431 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4432 * channel was sensed busy
4433 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4434 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4435 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4436 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4437 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4438 * (on this channel or globally)
4439 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4440 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4441 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4442 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4444 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4445 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4447 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4448 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4449 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4450 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4451 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4452 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4453 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4454 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4455 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4456 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4457 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4458 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4459 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4460 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4463 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4464 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4467 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4468 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4469 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4470 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4471 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4472 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4475 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4477 * Monitor configuration flags.
4479 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4481 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4482 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4483 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4484 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4485 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4486 * overrides all other flags.
4487 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4488 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4490 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4491 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4493 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4494 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4495 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4496 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4497 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4498 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4499 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4500 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4503 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4504 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4508 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4510 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4511 * not known or has not been set yet.
4512 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4513 * in Awake state all the time.
4514 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4515 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4516 * neighbor's beacons.
4517 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4518 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4519 * for neighbor's beacons.
4521 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4522 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4525 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4526 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4527 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4528 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4529 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4531 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4532 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4536 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4538 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4541 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4543 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4544 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4546 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4547 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4549 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4552 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4553 * on this mesh interface
4555 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4556 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4559 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4562 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4563 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4564 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4567 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4568 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4571 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4574 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4575 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4577 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4578 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4579 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4581 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4582 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4585 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4586 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4589 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4591 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4592 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4594 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4595 * root announcements are transmitted.
4597 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4598 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4599 * Announcement frames.
4601 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4602 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4605 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4606 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4608 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4609 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4612 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4613 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4616 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4618 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4620 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4621 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4622 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4624 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4625 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4627 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4628 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4629 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4631 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4632 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4634 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4636 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4637 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4638 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4639 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4641 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4642 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4643 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4644 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4646 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4647 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4648 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4649 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4650 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4652 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4653 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4654 * in the mesh formation field.
4656 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4658 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4659 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4660 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4661 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4662 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4663 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4664 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4665 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4666 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4667 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4668 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4669 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4670 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4671 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4672 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4673 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4674 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4675 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4676 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4677 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4678 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4679 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4680 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4681 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4682 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4683 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4684 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4685 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4686 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4687 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4688 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4689 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4690 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4693 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4694 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4698 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4700 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4701 * changed while the mesh is active.
4703 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4705 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4706 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4709 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4710 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4713 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4714 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4715 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4718 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4719 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4721 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4722 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4723 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4724 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4725 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4726 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4727 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4728 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4731 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4732 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4733 * neighbor offset synchronization
4735 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4736 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4738 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4739 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4740 * Default is no authentication method required.
4742 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4744 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4746 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4747 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4748 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4749 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4750 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4751 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4752 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4753 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4754 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4755 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4758 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4759 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4763 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4764 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4765 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4766 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4768 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4769 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4770 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4771 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4772 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4773 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4774 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4776 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4777 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4778 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4779 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4780 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4781 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4782 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4785 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4786 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4797 /* backward compat */
4798 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4799 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4800 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4801 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4802 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4805 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4806 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4807 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4808 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4809 * below the control channel
4810 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4811 * above the control channel
4813 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4816 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4817 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4821 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4823 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4824 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4826 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4827 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4829 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4830 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4831 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4832 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4833 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4835 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4842 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4844 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4847 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4848 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4849 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4850 * attribute must be provided as well
4851 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4852 * attribute must be provided as well
4853 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4854 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4855 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4856 * attribute must be provided as well
4857 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4858 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4859 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4860 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4861 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4862 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4863 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4864 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4865 * attribute must be provided as well
4867 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4868 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4869 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4870 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4871 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4872 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4873 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4874 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4875 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4876 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4877 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4878 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4879 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4880 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4881 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
4885 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4887 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4889 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4890 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4891 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4892 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4893 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4895 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4896 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4897 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4898 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4899 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4900 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4904 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4906 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4907 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4908 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4909 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4910 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4911 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4912 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4913 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4914 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4915 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4916 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4917 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4918 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4919 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4920 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4921 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4922 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4923 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4924 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4925 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4926 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4927 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4928 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4929 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4930 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4931 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4933 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4934 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4935 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4936 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4937 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4938 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4939 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4940 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4941 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4942 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4943 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4944 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4945 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4946 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4947 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4949 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4950 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4951 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4952 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4953 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
4954 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4955 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4958 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4960 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4962 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4963 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4964 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4965 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4966 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4968 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4969 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4970 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4971 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4972 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4973 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4975 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4976 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4977 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4978 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4979 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
4982 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4983 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4987 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4988 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4989 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4990 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4992 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4993 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4995 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4996 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4998 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4999 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5000 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5001 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5005 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5007 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5008 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5009 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5010 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5011 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5012 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5013 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5014 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5015 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5016 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5017 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5018 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5019 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5021 enum nl80211_auth_type {
5022 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5023 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5024 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5025 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5026 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5027 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5028 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5029 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5032 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5033 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5034 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5038 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5039 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5040 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5041 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5042 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5044 enum nl80211_key_type {
5045 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5046 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5047 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5049 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5053 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5054 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5055 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5056 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5060 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5061 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5064 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5065 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5066 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5067 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5071 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5072 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5073 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5075 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5077 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5079 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5080 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5081 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5082 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5084 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5088 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5089 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5090 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5091 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5093 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5094 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5095 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5096 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5097 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5098 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5099 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5100 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5101 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5102 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5103 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5104 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5105 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5106 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5107 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5108 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5110 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5111 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5113 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5114 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5119 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5120 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5122 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5124 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5127 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5128 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5132 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5133 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5134 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5135 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5136 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5137 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5138 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5139 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5140 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5141 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5142 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5143 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5144 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5145 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5146 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5147 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5148 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5150 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5151 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5152 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5157 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5158 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5161 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5162 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5165 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5166 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5169 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5170 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5172 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5173 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5176 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5178 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5179 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5181 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5182 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5185 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5186 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5187 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5188 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5192 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5193 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5194 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5195 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5196 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5197 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5198 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5199 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5200 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5214 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5215 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5216 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5218 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5219 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5224 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5225 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5226 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5227 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5228 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5229 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5230 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5231 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5232 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5233 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5234 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5235 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5236 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5237 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5238 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5239 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5240 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5241 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5242 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5243 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5245 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5246 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5247 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5248 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5249 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5251 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5252 * RSSI threshold event.
5253 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5254 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5256 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5257 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5258 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5259 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5260 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5261 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5262 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5263 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5264 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5265 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5266 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5269 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5270 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5274 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5275 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5276 * configured threshold
5277 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5278 * configured threshold
5279 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5281 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5282 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5283 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5284 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5289 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5290 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5291 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5292 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5294 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5295 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5296 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5297 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5301 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5302 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5303 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5305 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5306 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5307 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5310 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5311 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5312 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5313 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5315 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5316 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5317 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5318 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5321 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5322 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5323 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5324 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5325 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5326 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5328 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5329 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5330 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5331 * should be left untouched.
5332 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5334 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5335 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5337 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5338 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5339 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5340 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5341 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5342 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5343 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5344 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5345 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5346 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5347 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5348 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5349 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5350 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5351 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5352 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5353 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5354 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5355 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5356 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5357 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5358 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5359 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5360 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5361 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5362 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5365 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5366 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5367 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5368 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5369 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5370 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5371 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5372 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5373 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5374 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5375 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5376 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5377 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5378 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5379 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5382 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5383 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5387 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5388 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5389 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5390 * a zero bit are ignored
5391 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5392 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5393 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5394 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5395 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5396 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5397 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5398 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5399 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5400 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5401 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5402 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5403 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5404 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5405 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5407 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5408 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5409 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5410 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5411 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5414 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5418 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5419 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5420 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5421 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5422 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5424 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5425 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5426 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5427 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5428 * by the kernel to userspace.
5430 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5432 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5433 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5434 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5435 } __attribute__((packed));
5437 /* only for backward compatibility */
5438 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5439 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5440 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5441 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5442 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5443 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5444 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5447 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5448 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5449 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5450 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5451 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5452 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5453 * any others are even supported by the device.
5454 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5455 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5456 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5457 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5458 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5459 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5460 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5461 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5462 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5463 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5464 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5466 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5467 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5469 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5470 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5471 * to the kernel when configuring.
5472 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5473 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5474 * by the device (flag)
5475 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5476 * done by the device) (flag)
5477 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5479 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5480 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5481 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5482 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5483 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5484 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5485 * attribute contains the original length.
5486 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5487 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5488 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5489 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5490 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5491 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5492 * contains the original length.
5493 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5494 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5495 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5496 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5497 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5498 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5499 * the TCP connection.
5500 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5501 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5502 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5503 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5504 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5505 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5507 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5508 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5509 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5510 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5511 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5512 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5513 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5514 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5515 * supported by the driver (u32).
5516 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5517 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5518 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5519 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5520 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5522 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5523 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5524 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5525 * these attributes must be present. If
5526 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5527 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5529 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5530 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5532 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5533 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5535 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5536 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5537 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5538 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5539 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5540 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5541 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5542 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5543 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5544 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5545 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5546 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5547 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5548 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5549 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5550 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5551 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5552 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5553 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5554 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5555 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5558 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5559 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5563 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5565 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5566 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5567 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5568 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5569 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5570 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5571 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5572 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5573 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5575 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5576 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5577 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5578 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5581 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5582 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5586 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5587 * @start: starting value
5588 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5589 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5591 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5592 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5595 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5596 __u32 start, offset, len;
5600 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5601 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5602 * @len: length of each token
5603 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5604 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5606 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5608 __u8 token_stream[];
5612 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5613 * @min_len: minimum token length
5614 * @max_len: maximum token length
5615 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5617 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5618 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5622 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5623 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5624 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5625 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5626 * (in network byte order)
5627 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5628 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5629 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5630 * might require ARP querying.
5631 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5632 * socket and port will be allocated
5633 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5634 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5635 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5636 * of the data payload.
5637 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5638 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5639 * advertising it is just a flag
5640 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5641 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5642 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5643 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5644 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5645 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5646 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5647 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5648 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5649 * but on the TCP payload only.
5650 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5651 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5653 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5654 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5655 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5656 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5657 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5658 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5659 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5660 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5661 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5662 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5663 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5664 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5665 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5668 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5669 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5673 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5674 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5675 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5676 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5678 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5679 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5681 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5683 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5685 } __attribute__((packed));
5688 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5689 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5690 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5691 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5692 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5693 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5694 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5695 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5696 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5698 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5699 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5700 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5701 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5702 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5705 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5706 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5710 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5711 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5712 * in a rule are matched.
5713 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5714 * in a rule are not matched.
5716 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5717 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5718 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5722 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5723 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5724 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5725 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5726 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5727 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5728 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5729 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5731 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5732 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5733 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5734 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5737 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5738 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5742 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5744 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5745 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5746 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5747 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5748 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5749 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5750 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5751 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5752 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5753 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5754 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5755 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5756 * different channels may be used within this group.
5757 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5758 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5759 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5760 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5761 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5762 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5763 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5764 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5765 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5768 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5769 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5771 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5772 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5774 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5775 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5777 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5778 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5780 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5781 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5782 * that any of these groups must match.
5784 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5785 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5786 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5787 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5788 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5790 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5791 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5792 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5793 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5794 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5795 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5796 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5797 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5798 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5801 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5802 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5807 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5809 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5810 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5811 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5813 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5814 * from this mesh peer
5815 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5816 * received from this mesh peer
5817 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5818 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5819 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5820 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5821 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5822 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5824 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5825 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5826 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5827 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5828 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5829 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5830 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5831 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5834 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5835 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5839 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5841 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5842 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5843 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5844 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5846 enum plink_actions {
5847 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5848 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5849 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5851 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5855 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5856 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5857 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5858 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5859 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5862 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5863 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5864 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5865 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5866 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5867 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5868 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5869 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5871 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5872 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5873 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5874 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5875 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5876 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5879 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5880 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5884 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5885 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5887 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5889 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5890 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5892 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5893 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5894 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5895 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5899 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5900 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5901 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5902 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5903 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5904 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5905 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5906 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5908 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5909 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5910 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5911 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5914 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5915 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5919 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5920 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5921 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5923 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5924 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5925 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5927 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5930 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5931 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5932 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5933 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5934 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5937 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5938 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5942 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5943 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5944 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5945 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5946 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5947 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5949 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5950 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5952 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5953 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5954 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5958 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5959 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
5960 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
5961 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
5963 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5964 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
5968 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5969 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5970 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5972 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5973 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5974 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5975 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5976 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
5977 * cellular base stations.
5978 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5979 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5980 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5981 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5983 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5984 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5985 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5986 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5987 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5988 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5989 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5990 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5992 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5994 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5995 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5996 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5997 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5998 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5999 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6000 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6001 * states using station flags.
6002 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6003 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6004 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6005 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6006 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6007 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6008 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6009 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6010 * still generated by the driver.
6011 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6012 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6013 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6014 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6015 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6016 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6017 * lifetime of a BSS.
6018 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6019 * Set IE to probe requests.
6020 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6021 * to probe requests.
6022 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6023 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6024 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6025 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6026 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6027 * Measurement Report action frame.
6028 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6029 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6031 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6032 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6033 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6034 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6035 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6036 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6037 * rts/cts handshake.
6038 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6039 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6040 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6041 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6042 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6043 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6044 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6045 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6046 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6047 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6048 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6049 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6050 * address mask/value will be used.
6051 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6052 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6053 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6054 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6055 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6056 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6057 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6058 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6060 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6061 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6062 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6063 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6064 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6065 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6066 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6067 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6068 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6069 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6070 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6071 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6072 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6073 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6074 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6075 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6076 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6077 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6078 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6079 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6080 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6081 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6082 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6083 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6084 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6085 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6086 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6087 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6088 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6089 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6090 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6091 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6092 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6096 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6097 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6098 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6099 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6100 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6101 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6102 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6103 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6104 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6105 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6106 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6107 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6108 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6109 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6110 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6111 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6113 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6114 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6115 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6117 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6118 * channel dwell time.
6119 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6120 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6121 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6122 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6123 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6124 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6125 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6126 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6127 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6128 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6129 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6130 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6131 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6132 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6133 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6134 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6135 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6136 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6137 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6138 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6139 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6140 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6141 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6142 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6143 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6144 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6146 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6147 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6148 * actual dwell time.
6149 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6151 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6152 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6153 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6154 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6155 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6156 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6157 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6158 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6159 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6160 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6161 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6162 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6163 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6164 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6165 * "radar detected" event.
6166 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6167 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6168 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6169 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6170 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6172 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6173 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6174 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6175 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6176 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6177 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6178 * timing measurement responder role.
6180 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6181 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6182 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6183 * freeze the connection.
6184 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6185 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6187 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6188 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6191 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6192 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6194 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6195 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6197 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6200 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6201 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6203 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6204 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6205 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6207 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6208 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6209 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6211 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6212 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6213 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6214 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6216 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6217 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6218 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6220 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6222 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6223 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6225 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6226 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6228 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6229 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6230 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6231 * included in the scan request.
6233 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6234 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6236 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6237 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6239 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6240 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6243 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6244 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6246 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6247 * frames transmission
6249 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6250 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6252 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6253 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6255 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6256 * exchange protocol.
6258 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6259 * exchange protocol.
6261 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6262 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6263 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6265 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6266 * detection and change announcemnts.
6268 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6269 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6270 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6271 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6273 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6276 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6277 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6279 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6280 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6281 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6282 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6283 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6284 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6285 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6286 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6287 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6288 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6289 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6290 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6291 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6292 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6293 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6294 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6295 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6296 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6297 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6298 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6299 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6300 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6301 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6302 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6303 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6304 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6305 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6306 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6307 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6308 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6309 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6310 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6311 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6312 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6313 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6314 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6315 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6316 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6317 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6318 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6319 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6320 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6321 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6322 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6323 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6324 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6325 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6326 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6327 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6328 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6329 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6330 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6331 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6332 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6333 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6334 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6335 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6336 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6337 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6338 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6339 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6340 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6341 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6342 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6344 /* add new features before the definition below */
6345 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6346 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6350 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6351 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6352 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6353 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6354 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6355 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6358 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6359 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6360 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6361 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6363 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6364 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6365 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6366 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6367 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6371 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6372 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6373 * handled by the AP is reached.
6374 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6376 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6377 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6378 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6382 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6384 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6385 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6386 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6387 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6389 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6390 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6391 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6392 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6393 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6397 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6399 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6400 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6403 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6404 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6405 * one of them can be used in the request.
6407 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6408 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6409 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6410 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6411 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6412 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6413 * when really needed
6414 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6415 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6416 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6417 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6418 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6419 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6420 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6421 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6422 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6423 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6424 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6425 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6426 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6427 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6428 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6429 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6430 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6431 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6432 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6433 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6435 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6436 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6437 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6438 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6439 * impacted with this flag.
6440 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6441 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6442 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6443 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6444 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6445 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6446 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6447 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6448 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6449 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6451 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6452 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6453 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6454 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6455 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6456 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6457 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6460 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6461 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6462 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6463 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6464 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6465 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6466 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6467 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6468 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6469 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6470 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6471 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6472 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6473 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6474 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6475 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6479 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6481 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6482 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6483 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6485 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6486 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6487 * in ACL to authenticate.
6488 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6489 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6491 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6492 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6493 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6497 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6499 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6501 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6502 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6503 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6504 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6506 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6508 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6509 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6511 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6512 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6516 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6518 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6519 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6521 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6523 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6524 * the channel is now available.
6525 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6526 * change to the channel status.
6527 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6528 * over, channel becomes usable.
6529 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6530 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6531 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6532 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6533 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6534 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6536 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6537 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6538 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6539 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6540 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6541 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6542 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6546 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6548 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6550 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6551 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6552 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6553 * is therefore marked as not available.
6554 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6556 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6558 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6559 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6563 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6564 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6565 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6566 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6567 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6568 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6570 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6571 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6575 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6577 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6578 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6579 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6580 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6581 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6583 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6584 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6585 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6586 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6587 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6588 /* add other protocols before this one */
6589 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6592 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6593 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6596 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6598 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6600 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6601 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6602 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6603 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6604 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6606 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6607 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6608 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6612 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6613 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6614 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6616 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6619 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6620 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6621 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6622 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6623 * added to this file when needed.
6624 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6626 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6632 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6634 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6635 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6637 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6638 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6639 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6640 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6642 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6643 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6644 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6645 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6646 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6650 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6651 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6652 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6654 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6655 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6656 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6657 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6658 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6660 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6662 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6663 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6664 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6665 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6668 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6669 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6670 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6674 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6676 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6677 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6678 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6680 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6683 } __attribute__((packed));
6686 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6688 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6689 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6691 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6692 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6693 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6694 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6695 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6696 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6697 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6698 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6699 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6700 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6701 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6703 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6704 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6705 * which the driver shall use.
6707 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6708 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6709 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6710 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6711 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6714 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6715 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6719 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6721 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6723 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6724 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6725 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6727 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6728 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6729 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6730 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6733 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6734 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6738 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6740 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6742 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6743 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6745 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6746 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6747 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6751 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6753 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6755 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6756 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6757 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6759 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6760 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6761 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6762 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6765 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6766 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6767 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6770 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6771 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6772 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6773 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6774 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6775 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6776 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6777 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6778 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6779 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6780 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6781 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6782 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6783 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6784 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6785 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6786 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6787 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6788 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6789 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6790 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6791 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6793 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6794 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6795 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6796 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6797 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6798 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6799 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6800 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6801 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6802 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6803 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6804 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6805 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6806 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6808 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6809 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6811 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6812 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6813 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6814 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6815 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6816 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6817 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6818 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6819 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6820 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6821 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6822 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6823 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6824 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6825 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6826 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6827 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6828 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6831 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6832 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6836 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6837 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6838 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6840 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6841 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6842 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6843 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6844 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6845 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6846 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6847 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6848 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6850 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6851 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6852 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6854 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6855 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6858 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6859 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6863 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6864 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6865 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6866 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6867 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6868 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6869 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6870 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6872 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6873 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6875 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6876 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6877 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6878 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6881 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6882 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6886 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6887 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6888 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6889 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6891 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6892 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6893 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6897 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6898 * responder attributes
6899 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6900 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6901 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6902 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6903 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6904 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6905 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6906 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6907 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6908 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6910 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6911 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6913 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6914 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6915 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6918 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6919 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6923 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6925 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6926 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6928 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6929 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6930 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6931 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6932 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6933 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6934 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6935 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6936 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6937 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6938 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6939 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6940 * phase with the responder (u32)
6941 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6942 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6944 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6945 * scheduled window (u32)
6946 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6947 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6948 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6950 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6951 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6952 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6953 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6954 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6955 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6956 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6957 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6958 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6959 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6960 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6961 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6964 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6965 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6969 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6970 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6971 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6972 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6973 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6974 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6976 enum nl80211_preamble {
6977 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6978 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6979 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6980 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6981 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6985 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6986 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6987 * these numbers also for attributes
6989 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6991 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6992 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6994 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6995 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6997 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6999 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7000 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7004 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7005 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7006 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7007 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7008 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7009 * reason may be available in the response data
7011 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7012 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7013 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7014 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7015 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7019 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7020 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7022 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7023 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7024 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7025 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7028 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7029 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7031 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7032 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7034 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7035 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7038 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7039 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7043 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7044 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7046 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7047 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7048 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7049 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7050 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7051 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7052 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7053 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7054 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7055 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7056 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7058 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7059 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7060 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7062 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7064 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7065 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7067 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7068 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7070 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7071 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7072 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7073 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7074 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7075 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7078 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7079 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7083 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7084 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7086 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7087 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7088 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7089 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7090 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7091 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7092 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7093 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7094 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7096 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7097 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7099 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7100 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7102 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7103 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7104 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7105 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7108 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7109 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7113 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7114 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7116 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7117 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7118 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7119 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7120 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7121 * measurement results
7122 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7123 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7124 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7125 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7126 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7127 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7128 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7129 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7130 * sub-attributes taken from
7131 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7133 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7134 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7136 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7137 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7139 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7140 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7141 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7142 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7143 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7146 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7147 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7151 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7152 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7154 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7156 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7158 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7159 * data can be requested during the measurement
7160 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7161 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7162 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7163 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7164 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7165 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7166 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7167 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7168 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7169 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7170 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7172 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7173 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7174 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7175 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7176 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7177 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7179 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7180 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7182 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7183 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7185 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7186 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7187 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7188 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7189 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7190 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7191 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7192 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7193 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7194 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7197 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7198 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7202 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7203 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7205 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7206 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7207 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7208 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7209 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7210 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7211 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7212 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7213 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7214 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7215 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7216 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7217 * requested per burst
7218 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7219 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7221 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7222 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7224 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7225 * measurement (flag).
7226 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7227 * mutually exclusive.
7228 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7229 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7230 * ranging will be used.
7231 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7232 * ranging measurement (flag)
7233 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7234 * mutually exclusive.
7235 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7236 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7237 * ranging will be used.
7238 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7239 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7240 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7241 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7242 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7243 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7245 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7246 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7248 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7249 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7251 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7252 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7253 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7254 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7255 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7256 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7257 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7258 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7259 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7260 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7261 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7262 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7263 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7266 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7267 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7271 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7272 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7273 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7274 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7275 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7276 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7277 * try and get no response)
7278 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7279 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7281 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7282 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7283 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7284 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7286 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7287 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7288 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7289 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7290 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7291 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7292 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7293 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7294 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7298 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7299 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7301 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7303 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7304 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7305 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7306 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7307 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7308 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7309 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7310 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7311 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7312 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7313 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7314 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7315 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7316 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7317 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7318 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7319 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7320 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7321 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7322 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7323 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7325 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7326 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7327 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7328 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7329 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7330 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7331 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7333 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7334 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7335 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7336 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7337 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7339 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7340 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7342 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7343 * (binary, optional);
7344 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7345 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7347 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7349 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7350 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7352 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7353 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7355 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7356 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7357 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7358 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7359 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7360 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7361 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7362 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7363 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7367 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7368 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7369 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7371 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7373 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7374 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7375 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7378 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7379 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7383 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7384 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7386 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7387 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7388 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7390 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7391 * values used by members of the SRG.
7392 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7393 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7394 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7396 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7397 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7399 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7400 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7402 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7403 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7404 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7405 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7406 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7407 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7410 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7411 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7415 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7416 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7418 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7419 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7420 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7422 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7423 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7425 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7426 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7428 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7429 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7430 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7433 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7434 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7438 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7439 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7441 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7442 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7443 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7444 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7445 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7447 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7448 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7450 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7451 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7453 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7454 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7457 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7458 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7462 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7463 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7465 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7467 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7468 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7469 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7470 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7471 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7472 * frame including the headers.
7474 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7475 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7477 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7478 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7480 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7481 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7482 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7485 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7486 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7490 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7493 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7496 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7497 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7499 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7501 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7502 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7503 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7504 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7505 * frame template (binary).
7507 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7508 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7510 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7511 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7513 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7514 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7517 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7518 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7519 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7523 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7524 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7527 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7528 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7529 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7530 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7531 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7534 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7535 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7536 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7537 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7538 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7542 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7544 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7547 enum nl80211_sar_type {
7548 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7550 /* add new type here */
7553 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7557 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7559 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7561 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7562 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7563 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7565 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7566 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7568 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7569 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7570 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7572 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7573 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7575 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7577 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7578 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7580 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7581 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7583 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7584 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7588 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7590 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7591 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7592 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7593 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7595 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7596 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7597 * is applied to this range.
7599 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7600 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7601 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7602 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7603 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7604 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7605 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7607 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7609 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7610 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7611 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7613 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7614 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7615 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7617 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7618 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7620 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7621 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7623 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7624 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7625 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7626 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7628 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7629 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7633 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7634 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7635 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7637 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7640 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7642 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7643 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7644 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7645 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7647 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7648 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7649 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7650 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7653 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7654 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7655 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7656 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7657 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7658 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7660 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7661 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7662 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7663 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7664 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7665 * the interface index of the same.
7667 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7668 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7669 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7671 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7672 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7674 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7675 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7677 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7678 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7679 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7680 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7681 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7684 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7685 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7689 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7691 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7693 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7694 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7695 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7696 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7699 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7700 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
7701 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
7704 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */